Sema.h revision 6afcf8875d4e447645cd7bf3733dd8e2eb8455dc
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include <deque> 50#include <string> 51 52namespace llvm { 53 class APSInt; 54 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 55 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 56 class SmallBitVector; 57} 58 59namespace clang { 60 class ADLResult; 61 class ASTConsumer; 62 class ASTContext; 63 class ASTMutationListener; 64 class ASTReader; 65 class ASTWriter; 66 class ArrayType; 67 class AttributeList; 68 class BlockDecl; 69 class CapturedDecl; 70 class CXXBasePath; 71 class CXXBasePaths; 72 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 73 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 74 class CXXConstructorDecl; 75 class CXXConversionDecl; 76 class CXXDestructorDecl; 77 class CXXFieldCollector; 78 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 79 class CXXMethodDecl; 80 class CXXScopeSpec; 81 class CXXTemporary; 82 class CXXTryStmt; 83 class CallExpr; 84 class ClassTemplateDecl; 85 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 86 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 87 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 88 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 89 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 90 class CodeCompletionResult; 91 class Decl; 92 class DeclAccessPair; 93 class DeclContext; 94 class DeclRefExpr; 95 class DeclaratorDecl; 96 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 97 class DependentDiagnostic; 98 class DesignatedInitExpr; 99 class Designation; 100 class EnumConstantDecl; 101 class Expr; 102 class ExtVectorType; 103 class ExternalSemaSource; 104 class FormatAttr; 105 class FriendDecl; 106 class FunctionDecl; 107 class FunctionProtoType; 108 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 109 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 110 class InitListExpr; 111 class InitializationKind; 112 class InitializationSequence; 113 class InitializedEntity; 114 class IntegerLiteral; 115 class LabelStmt; 116 class LambdaExpr; 117 class LangOptions; 118 class LocalInstantiationScope; 119 class LookupResult; 120 class MacroInfo; 121 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 122 class NamedDecl; 123 class NonNullAttr; 124 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 125 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 126 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 127 class ObjCContainerDecl; 128 class ObjCImplDecl; 129 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 130 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 131 class ObjCIvarDecl; 132 template <class T> class ObjCList; 133 class ObjCMessageExpr; 134 class ObjCMethodDecl; 135 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 136 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 137 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 138 class OverloadCandidateSet; 139 class OverloadExpr; 140 class ParenListExpr; 141 class ParmVarDecl; 142 class Preprocessor; 143 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 144 class PseudoObjectExpr; 145 class QualType; 146 class StandardConversionSequence; 147 class Stmt; 148 class StringLiteral; 149 class SwitchStmt; 150 class TargetAttributesSema; 151 class TemplateArgument; 152 class TemplateArgumentList; 153 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 154 class TemplateDecl; 155 class TemplateParameterList; 156 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 157 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 158 class Token; 159 class TypeAliasDecl; 160 class TypedefDecl; 161 class TypedefNameDecl; 162 class TypeLoc; 163 class UnqualifiedId; 164 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 165 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 166 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 167 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 168 class UsingDecl; 169 class UsingShadowDecl; 170 class ValueDecl; 171 class VarDecl; 172 class VisibilityAttr; 173 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 174 class IndirectFieldDecl; 175 176namespace sema { 177 class AccessedEntity; 178 class BlockScopeInfo; 179 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 180 class CapturingScopeInfo; 181 class CompoundScopeInfo; 182 class DelayedDiagnostic; 183 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 184 class FunctionScopeInfo; 185 class LambdaScopeInfo; 186 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 187 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 188} 189 190// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 191// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 192typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 193 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 194 195/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 196class Sema { 197 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 198 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 199 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 200 201 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 202 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 203 204 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 205 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 206 207 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 208 209 static bool 210 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 211 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 212 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 213 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 214 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 215 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 216 // with internal linkage. 217 return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage(); 218 } 219 220public: 221 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 222 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 223 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 224 225 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 226 FPOptions FPFeatures; 227 228 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 229 Preprocessor &PP; 230 ASTContext &Context; 231 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 232 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 233 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 234 235 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 236 bool CollectStats; 237 238 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 239 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 240 241 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 242 DeclContext *CurContext; 243 244 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 245 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 246 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 247 248 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 249 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 250 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 251 252 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 253 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 254 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 255 256 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 257 258 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 259 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 260 261 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 262 /// 263 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 264 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 265 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 266 267 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 268 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 269 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 270 271 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 272 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 273 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 274 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 275 276 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 277 278 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 279 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 280 /// 281 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 282 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 283 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 284 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 285 286 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 287 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 288 ExtVectorDeclsType; 289 290 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 291 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 292 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 293 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 294 295 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 296 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 297 298 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 299 300 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 301 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 302 303 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 304 305 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 306 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 307 /// same list more than once. 308 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 309 310 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 311 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 312 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 313 314 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 315 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 316 /// 317 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 318 /// scopes, e.g., 319 /// 320 /// \code 321 /// extern "C" void f() { 322 /// void foo(int, int); 323 /// } 324 /// \endcode 325 /// 326 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 327 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 328 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 329 /// 330 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 331 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 332 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 333 /// for compatibility. 334 /// 335 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 336 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 337 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 338 /// not visible. 339 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 340 341 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 342 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 343 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 344 345 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 346 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 347 TentativeDefinitionsType; 348 349 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 350 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 351 352 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 354 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 355 356 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 357 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 358 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 359 360 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 361 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 362 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 363 364 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 365 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 366 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 367 368 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 369 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 370 /// exception spec. 371 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 374 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 375 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 376 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 377 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 378 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 379 380 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 381 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 382 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 383 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 384 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 385 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 386 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 387 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 388 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 389 390 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 391 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 392 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 393 void *OpaqueParser; 394 395 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 396 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 397 OpaqueParser = P; 398 } 399 400 class DelayedDiagnostics; 401 402 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 403 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 404 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 405 }; 406 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 407 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 408 409 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 410 /// during parsing and other processing. 411 class DelayedDiagnostics { 412 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 413 /// diagnostics should go. 414 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 415 416 public: 417 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 418 419 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 420 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 421 422 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 423 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 424 425 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 426 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 427 return CurPool; 428 } 429 430 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 431 /// collected in this pool. 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 433 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 434 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 435 CurPool = &pool; 436 return state; 437 } 438 439 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 440 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 441 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 442 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 443 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 444 } 445 446 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 447 /// not delayed. 448 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 449 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 450 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 451 CurPool = 0; 452 return state; 453 } 454 455 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 456 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 457 assert(CurPool == NULL); 458 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 459 } 460 } DelayedDiagnostics; 461 462 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 463 class ContextRAII { 464 private: 465 Sema &S; 466 DeclContext *SavedContext; 467 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 468 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 469 470 public: 471 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 472 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 473 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 474 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 475 { 476 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 477 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 478 } 479 480 void pop() { 481 if (!SavedContext) return; 482 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 483 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 484 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 485 SavedContext = 0; 486 } 487 488 ~ContextRAII() { 489 pop(); 490 } 491 }; 492 493 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 494 /// a function body. 495 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 496 Sema &S; 497 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 498 499 public: 500 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 501 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 502 { 503 S.PushFunctionScope(); 504 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 505 } 506 507 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 508 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 509 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 510 } 511 }; 512 513 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 514 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 515 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 516 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 517 518 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 519 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 520 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 521 /// in the currently selected standard. 522 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 523 524 525 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 526 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 527 528 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 529 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 530 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 531 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 532 /// It would be best to refactor this. 533 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 534 535 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 536 537 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 538 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 539 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 540 Scope *TUScope; 541 542 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 543 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 544 545 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 546 /// standard library. 547 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 548 549 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 550 /// \<initializer_list>. 551 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 552 553 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 554 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 555 556 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 557 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 558 559 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 560 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 561 562 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 563 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 564 565 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 566 QualType NSNumberPointer; 567 568 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 569 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 570 571 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 572 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 573 574 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 575 QualType NSStringPointer; 576 577 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 578 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 579 580 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 581 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 582 583 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 584 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 585 586 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 587 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 588 589 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 590 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 591 592 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 593 QualType QIDNSCopying; 594 595 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 596 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 597 598 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 599 /// have been declared. 600 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 601 602 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 603 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 604 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 605 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 606 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 607 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 608 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 609 /// run time. 610 Unevaluated, 611 612 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 613 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 614 /// cases in a switch statment). 615 ConstantEvaluated, 616 617 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 618 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 619 /// expression at run time. 620 PotentiallyEvaluated, 621 622 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 623 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 624 /// in fact the current expression is used. 625 /// 626 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 627 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 628 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 629 /// until the default argument is used. 630 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 631 }; 632 633 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 634 /// expression evaluation contexts. 635 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 636 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 637 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 638 639 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 640 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 641 642 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 643 bool IsDecltype; 644 645 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 646 /// this expression evaluation context. 647 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 648 649 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 650 651 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 652 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 653 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 654 655 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 656 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 657 /// default function argument. 658 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 659 660 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 661 /// within this context. 662 /// 663 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 664 /// do not have lambda expressions. 665 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 666 667 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 668 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 669 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 670 671 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 672 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 673 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 674 675 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 676 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 677 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 678 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 679 bool IsDecltype) 680 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 681 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 682 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 683 684 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 685 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 686 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 687 if (!LambdaMangle) 688 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 689 return *LambdaMangle; 690 } 691 }; 692 693 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 694 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 695 696 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 697 /// function. 698 /// 699 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 700 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 701 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 702 public: 703 enum Kind { 704 NoMemberOrDeleted, 705 Ambiguous, 706 Success 707 }; 708 709 private: 710 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 711 712 public: 713 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 714 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 715 {} 716 717 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 718 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 719 720 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 721 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 722 }; 723 724 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 725 /// for C++ records. 726 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 727 728 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 729 /// 730 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 731 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 732 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 733 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 734 /// checks. 735 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 736 737 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 738 739 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 740 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 741 742 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 743 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 744 745 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 746 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 747 /// 748 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 749 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 750 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 751 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 752 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 753 754 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 755 // argument locations. 756 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 757 758 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 759 /// definition in this translation unit. 760 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 761 762 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 763 void getUndefinedButUsed( 764 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 765 766 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 767 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 768 769 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 770 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 771 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 772 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 773 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 774 775 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 776 /// of -Wselector. 777 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 778 779 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 780 enum CXXSpecialMember { 781 CXXDefaultConstructor, 782 CXXCopyConstructor, 783 CXXMoveConstructor, 784 CXXCopyAssignment, 785 CXXMoveAssignment, 786 CXXDestructor, 787 CXXInvalid 788 }; 789 790 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 791 792 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 793 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 794 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 795 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 796 797 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 798 799 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 800 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 801 802 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 803 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 804 /// should not be used elsewhere. 805 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 806 807 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 808 /// statements. 809 class FPContractStateRAII { 810 public: 811 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 812 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 813 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 814 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 815 } 816 private: 817 Sema& S; 818 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 819 }; 820 821public: 822 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 823 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 824 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 825 ~Sema(); 826 827 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 828 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 829 void Initialize(); 830 831 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 832 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 833 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 834 835 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 836 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 837 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 838 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 839 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 840 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 841 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 842 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 843 844 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 845 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 846 /// 847 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 848 /// 849 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 850 851 void PrintStats() const; 852 853 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 854 /// template instantiation stacks. 855 /// 856 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 857 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 858 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 859 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 860 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 861 /// well. 862 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 863 Sema &SemaRef; 864 unsigned DiagID; 865 866 public: 867 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 868 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 869 870 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 871 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 872 if (!isActive()) return; 873 874 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 875 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 876 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 877 // 878 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 879 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 880 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 881 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 882 // eliminate that code. 883 FlushCounts(); 884 Clear(); 885 886 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 887 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 888 } 889 }; 890 891 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 892 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 893 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 894 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 895 } 896 897 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 898 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 899 900 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 901 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 902 903 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 904 905 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 906 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 907 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 908 909 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 910 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 911 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 912 913 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 914 915 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 916 917 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 918 919 void PushFunctionScope(); 920 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 921 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 922 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 923 RecordDecl *RD, 924 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo::CapturedRegionKind K); 925 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 926 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 927 928 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 929 return FunctionScopes.back(); 930 } 931 932 void PushCompoundScope(); 933 void PopCompoundScope(); 934 935 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 936 937 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 938 939 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 940 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 941 942 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 943 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 944 945 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 946 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 947 948 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 949 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 950 951 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 952 953 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 954 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 955 // 956 957 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 958 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 959 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 960 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 961 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 962 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 963 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 964 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 965 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 966 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 967 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 968 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 969 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 970 971 /// \brief Build a function type. 972 /// 973 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 974 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 975 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 976 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 977 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 978 /// 979 /// \param T The return type of the function. 980 /// 981 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 982 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 983 /// function parameters. 984 /// 985 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 986 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 987 /// type that will have function type. 988 /// 989 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 990 /// type, if known. 991 /// 992 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 993 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 994 /// 995 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 996 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 997 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 998 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 999 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1000 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1001 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1002 1003 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1004 SourceLocation Loc, 1005 DeclarationName Entity); 1006 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1007 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1008 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1009 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1010 1011 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1012 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1013 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1014 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1015 1016 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1017 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1018 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1019 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1020 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1021 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1022 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1023 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1024 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1025 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1026 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1027 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1028 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1029 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1030 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1031 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1032 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1033 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1034 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1035 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1036 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1037 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1038 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1039 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1040 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1041 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1042 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1043 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1044 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1045 1046 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1047 1048 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1049 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1050 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1051 1052 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1053 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1054 bool Suppressed; 1055 1056 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1057 1058 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1059 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1060 }; 1061 1062 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1063 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1064 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1065 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1066 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1067 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1068 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1069 return II; 1070 } 1071 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1072 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1073 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1074 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1075 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1076 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1077 1078 template<typename T1> 1079 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1080 unsigned DiagID; 1081 const T1 &Arg1; 1082 1083 public: 1084 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1085 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1086 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1087 if (Suppressed) return; 1088 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1089 } 1090 1091 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1092 }; 1093 1094 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1095 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1096 unsigned DiagID; 1097 const T1 &Arg1; 1098 const T2 &Arg2; 1099 1100 public: 1101 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1102 const T2 &Arg2) 1103 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1104 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1105 1106 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1107 if (Suppressed) return; 1108 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1109 } 1110 1111 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1112 }; 1113 1114 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1115 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1116 unsigned DiagID; 1117 const T1 &Arg1; 1118 const T2 &Arg2; 1119 const T3 &Arg3; 1120 1121 public: 1122 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1123 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1124 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1125 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1126 1127 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1128 if (Suppressed) return; 1129 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1130 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1131 } 1132 1133 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1134 }; 1135 1136 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1137 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1138 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1139 unsigned DiagID); 1140 1141 template<typename T1> 1142 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1143 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1144 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1145 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1146 } 1147 1148 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1149 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1150 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1151 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1152 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1153 } 1154 1155 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1156 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1157 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1158 const T3 &Arg3) { 1159 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1160 Arg3); 1161 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1162 } 1163 1164 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1165 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1166 1167 template<typename T1> 1168 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1169 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1170 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1171 } 1172 1173 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1174 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1175 const T2 &Arg2) { 1176 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1177 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1178 } 1179 1180 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1181 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1182 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1183 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1184 Arg3); 1185 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1186 } 1187 1188 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1189 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1190 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1191 1192 template<typename T1> 1193 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1194 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1195 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1196 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1197 } 1198 1199 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1200 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1201 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1202 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1203 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1204 } 1205 1206 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1207 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1208 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1209 const T3 &Arg3) { 1210 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1211 Arg3); 1212 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1213 } 1214 1215 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1216 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1217 1218 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1219 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1220 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1221 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1222 SourceLocation Loc); 1223 1224 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1225 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1226 // 1227 1228 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1229 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1230 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1231 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1232 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1233 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1234 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1235 /// such as: 1236 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1237 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1238 1239 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1240 1241 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1242 1243 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1244 1245 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1246 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1247 bool isClassName = false, 1248 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1249 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1250 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1251 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1252 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1253 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1254 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1255 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1256 SourceLocation IILoc, 1257 Scope *S, 1258 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1259 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1260 1261 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1262 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1263 enum NameClassificationKind { 1264 NC_Unknown, 1265 NC_Error, 1266 NC_Keyword, 1267 NC_Type, 1268 NC_Expression, 1269 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1270 NC_TypeTemplate, 1271 NC_FunctionTemplate 1272 }; 1273 1274 class NameClassification { 1275 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1276 ExprResult Expr; 1277 TemplateName Template; 1278 ParsedType Type; 1279 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1280 1281 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1282 1283 public: 1284 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1285 1286 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1287 1288 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1289 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1290 1291 static NameClassification Error() { 1292 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1293 } 1294 1295 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1296 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1297 } 1298 1299 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1300 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1301 } 1302 1303 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1304 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1305 Result.Template = Name; 1306 return Result; 1307 } 1308 1309 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1310 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1311 Result.Template = Name; 1312 return Result; 1313 } 1314 1315 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1316 1317 ParsedType getType() const { 1318 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1319 return Type; 1320 } 1321 1322 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1323 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1324 return Expr; 1325 } 1326 1327 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1328 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1329 return Template; 1330 } 1331 1332 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1333 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1334 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1335 } 1336 }; 1337 1338 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1339 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1340 /// 1341 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1342 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1343 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1344 /// 1345 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1346 /// 1347 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1348 /// 1349 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1350 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1351 /// 1352 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1353 /// 1354 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1355 /// disambiguate the name. 1356 /// 1357 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1358 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1359 /// expression. 1360 /// 1361 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1362 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1363 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1364 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1365 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1366 const Token &NextToken, 1367 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1368 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1369 1370 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1371 1372 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1373 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1374 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1375 const LookupResult &Previous, 1376 Scope *S); 1377 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1378 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1379 DeclarationName Name, 1380 SourceLocation Loc); 1381 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1382 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1383 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1384 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1385 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1386 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1387 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1388 LookupResult &Previous); 1389 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1390 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1391 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1392 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1393 LookupResult &Previous, 1394 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1395 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1396 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1397 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1398 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1399 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1400 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1401 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1402 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1403 LookupResult &Previous, 1404 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1405 bool &AddToScope); 1406 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1407 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1408 1409 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1410 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1411 1412 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1413 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1414 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1415 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1416 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1417 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1418 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1419 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1420 SourceLocation Loc, 1421 QualType T); 1422 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1423 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1424 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1425 StorageClass SC); 1426 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1427 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1428 Expr *defarg); 1429 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1430 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1431 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1432 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1433 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1434 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1435 1436 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1437 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1438 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1439 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1440 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1441 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1442 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1443 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1444 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1445 Decl **Group, 1446 unsigned NumDecls); 1447 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1448 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1449 1450 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1451 /// documentation comments. 1452 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1453 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1454 1455 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1456 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1457 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1458 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1459 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1460 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1461 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1462 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1463 } 1464 1465 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1466 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1467 /// code for that function. 1468 /// 1469 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1470 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1471 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1472 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1473 1474 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1475 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1476 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1477 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1478 1479 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1480 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1481 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1482 1483 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1484 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1485 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1486 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1487 1488 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1489 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1490 /// specified threshold. 1491 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1492 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1493 QualType ReturnTy, 1494 NamedDecl *D); 1495 1496 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1497 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1498 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1499 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1500 1501 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1502 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1503 AttributeList *AttrList, 1504 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1505 1506 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1507 /// 1508 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1509 /// 1510 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1511 /// 1512 /// \param Path The module access path. 1513 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1514 ModuleIdPath Path); 1515 1516 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1517 /// source location. 1518 /// 1519 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1520 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1521 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1522 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1523 1524 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1525 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1526 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1527 } 1528 1529 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1530 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1531 const Preprocessor &PP); 1532 1533 /// Scope actions. 1534 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1535 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1536 1537 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1538 DeclSpec &DS); 1539 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1540 DeclSpec &DS, 1541 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1542 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1543 1544 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1545 AccessSpecifier AS, 1546 RecordDecl *Record); 1547 1548 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1549 RecordDecl *Record); 1550 1551 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1552 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1553 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1554 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1555 1556 enum TagUseKind { 1557 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1558 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1559 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1560 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1561 }; 1562 1563 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1564 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1565 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1566 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1567 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1568 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1569 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1570 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1571 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1572 1573 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1574 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1575 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1576 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1577 AttributeList *Attr, 1578 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1579 1580 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1581 unsigned TagSpec, 1582 TagUseKind TUK, 1583 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1584 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1585 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1586 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1587 1588 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1589 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1590 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1591 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1592 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1593 1594 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1595 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1596 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1597 AccessSpecifier AS); 1598 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1599 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1600 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1601 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1602 AccessSpecifier AS, 1603 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1604 1605 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1606 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1607 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1608 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1609 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1610 SourceLocation TSSL, 1611 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1612 Declarator *D = 0); 1613 1614 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1615 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1616 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1617 bool Diagnose = false); 1618 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1619 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1620 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1621 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1622 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1623 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1624 1625 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1626 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1627 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1628 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1629 AttributeList *AttrList); 1630 1631 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1632 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1633 /// struct, or union). 1634 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1635 1636 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1637 1638 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1639 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1640 /// member declarations. 1641 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1642 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1643 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1644 1645 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1646 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1647 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1648 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1649 1650 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1651 1652 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1653 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1654 /// 1655 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1656 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1657 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1658 1659 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1660 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1661 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1662 1663 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1664 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1665 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1666 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1667 Expr *val); 1668 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1669 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1670 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1671 1672 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1673 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1674 AttributeList *Attrs, 1675 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1676 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1677 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1678 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1679 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1680 1681 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1682 1683 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1684 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1685 void PopDeclContext(); 1686 1687 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1688 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1689 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1690 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1691 1692 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1693 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1694 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1695 1696 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1697 1698 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1699 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1700 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1701 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1702 1703 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1704 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1705 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1706 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1707 1708 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1709 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1710 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1711 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1712 1713 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1714 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1715 1716 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1717 /// top level scope. 1718 /// 1719 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1720 /// 1721 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1722 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1723 1724 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1725 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1726 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1727 /// 1728 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1729 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1730 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1731 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1732 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1733 1734 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1735 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1736 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1737 1738 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1739 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1740 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1741 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1742 1743 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1744 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1745 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1746 VersionTuple Introduced, 1747 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1748 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1749 bool IsUnavailable, 1750 StringRef Message, 1751 bool Override, 1752 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1753 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1754 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1755 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1756 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1757 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1758 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1759 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1760 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1761 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1762 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1763 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1764 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1765 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1766 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1767 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1768 1769 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1770 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1771 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1772 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1773 AMK_None, 1774 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1775 /// an exact match. 1776 AMK_Redeclaration, 1777 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1778 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1779 AMK_Override 1780 }; 1781 1782 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1783 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1784 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1785 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1786 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1787 Scope *S); 1788 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1789 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1790 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1791 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1792 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1793 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1794 1795 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1796 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1797 enum AssignmentAction { 1798 AA_Assigning, 1799 AA_Passing, 1800 AA_Returning, 1801 AA_Converting, 1802 AA_Initializing, 1803 AA_Sending, 1804 AA_Casting 1805 }; 1806 1807 /// C++ Overloading. 1808 enum OverloadKind { 1809 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1810 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1811 Ovl_Overload, 1812 1813 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1814 /// an existing declaration. 1815 Ovl_Match, 1816 1817 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1818 /// non-function. 1819 Ovl_NonFunction 1820 }; 1821 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1822 FunctionDecl *New, 1823 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1824 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1825 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1826 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1827 1828 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1829 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1830 /// 1831 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1832 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1833 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1834 1835 ImplicitConversionSequence 1836 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1837 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1838 bool AllowExplicit, 1839 bool InOverloadResolution, 1840 bool CStyle, 1841 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1842 1843 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1844 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1845 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1846 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1847 bool InOverloadResolution, 1848 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1849 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1850 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1851 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1852 QualType &ConvertedType); 1853 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1854 QualType& ConvertedType); 1855 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1856 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1857 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1858 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1859 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1860 1861 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1862 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1863 CastKind &Kind, 1864 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1865 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1866 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1867 bool InOverloadResolution, 1868 QualType &ConvertedType); 1869 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1870 CastKind &Kind, 1871 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1872 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1873 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1874 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1875 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1876 QualType &ResultTy); 1877 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1878 1879 1880 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1881 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1882 QualType ResultType, 1883 Expr *Value, 1884 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1885 1886 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1887 ExprResult Init); 1888 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1889 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1890 ExprResult Init, 1891 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1892 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1893 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1894 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1895 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1896 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1897 1898 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1899 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1900 1901 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1902 enum CCEKind { 1903 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1904 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1905 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1906 }; 1907 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1908 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1909 1910 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1911 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1912 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1913 public: 1914 bool Suppress; 1915 bool SuppressConversion; 1916 1917 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1918 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1919 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1920 1921 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1922 /// integral or enumeration type. 1923 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1924 QualType T) = 0; 1925 1926 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1927 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1928 QualType T) = 0; 1929 1930 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1931 /// is explicit. 1932 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1933 QualType T, 1934 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1935 1936 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1937 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1938 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1939 1940 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1941 /// functions. 1942 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1943 QualType T) = 0; 1944 1945 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1946 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1947 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1948 1949 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1950 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1951 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1952 QualType T, 1953 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1954 1955 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1956 }; 1957 1958 ExprResult 1959 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1960 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1961 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1962 1963 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1964 OS_Array, 1965 OS_Dictionary, 1966 OS_Error 1967 }; 1968 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1969 1970 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1971 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1972 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1973 LK_Array, 1974 LK_Dictionary, 1975 LK_Numeric, 1976 LK_Boxed, 1977 LK_String, 1978 LK_Block, 1979 LK_None 1980 }; 1981 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1982 1983 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1984 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1985 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1986 NamedDecl *Member); 1987 1988 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1989 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1990 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1991 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1992 1993 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1994 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1995 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1996 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1997 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1998 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1999 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2000 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2001 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2002 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2003 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2004 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2005 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2006 QualType ObjectType, 2007 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2008 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2009 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2010 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2011 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2012 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2013 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2014 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2015 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2016 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2017 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2018 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2019 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2020 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2021 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2022 QualType ObjectType, 2023 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2024 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2025 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2026 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2027 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2028 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2029 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2030 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2031 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2032 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2033 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2034 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2035 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2036 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2037 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2038 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2039 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2040 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2041 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2042 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2043 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2044 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2045 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2046 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2047 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2048 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2049 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2050 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2051 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2052 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2053 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2054 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2055 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2056 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2057 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2058 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2059 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2060 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2061 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2062 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2063 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2064 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2065 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2066 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2067 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2068 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2069 2070 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2071 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2072 2073 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2074 // identified by the expression Expr 2075 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2076 2077 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2078 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2079 // R (A) --> R(A) 2080 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2081 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2082 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2083 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2084 2085 FunctionDecl * 2086 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2087 QualType TargetType, 2088 bool Complain, 2089 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2090 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2091 2092 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2093 bool Complain = false, 2094 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2095 2096 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2097 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2098 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2099 bool Complain = false, 2100 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2101 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2102 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2103 2104 2105 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2106 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2107 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2108 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2109 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2110 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2111 2112 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2113 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2114 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2115 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2116 2117 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2118 // range-based for loop. 2119 enum ForRangeStatus { 2120 FRS_Success, 2121 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2122 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2123 }; 2124 2125 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2126 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2127 enum BeginEndFunction { 2128 BEF_begin, 2129 BEF_end 2130 }; 2131 2132 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2133 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2134 VarDecl *Decl, 2135 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2136 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2137 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2138 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2139 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2140 2141 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2142 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2143 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2144 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2145 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2146 Expr *ExecConfig, 2147 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2148 2149 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2150 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2151 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2152 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2153 ExprResult *Result); 2154 2155 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2156 unsigned Opc, 2157 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2158 Expr *input); 2159 2160 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2161 unsigned Opc, 2162 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2163 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2164 2165 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2166 SourceLocation RLoc, 2167 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2168 2169 ExprResult 2170 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2171 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2172 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2173 ExprResult 2174 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2175 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2176 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2177 2178 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2179 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2180 2181 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2182 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2183 /// that best represents the call. 2184 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2185 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2186 2187 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2188 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2189 bool CheckParameterNames); 2190 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2191 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2192 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2193 2194 /// \name Name lookup 2195 /// 2196 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2197 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2198 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2199 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2200 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2201 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2202 /// 2203 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2204 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2205 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2206 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2207 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2208 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2209 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2210 /// 2211 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2212 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2213 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2214 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2215 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2216 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2217 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2218 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2219 //@{ 2220 2221 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2222 enum LookupNameKind { 2223 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2224 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2225 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2226 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2227 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2228 /// structs, and unions. 2229 LookupTagName, 2230 /// Label name lookup. 2231 LookupLabel, 2232 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2233 /// class/struct/union members. 2234 LookupMemberName, 2235 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2236 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2237 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2238 LookupOperatorName, 2239 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2240 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2241 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2242 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2243 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2244 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2245 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2246 LookupNamespaceName, 2247 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2248 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2249 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2250 LookupUsingDeclName, 2251 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2252 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2253 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2254 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2255 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2256 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2257 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2258 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2259 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2260 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2261 LookupAnyName 2262 }; 2263 2264 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2265 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2266 enum RedeclarationKind { 2267 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2268 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2269 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2270 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2271 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2272 ForRedeclaration 2273 }; 2274 2275 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2276 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2277 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2278 LOLR_Error, 2279 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2280 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2281 LOLR_Cooked, 2282 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2283 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2284 LOLR_Raw, 2285 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2286 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2287 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2288 LOLR_Template 2289 }; 2290 2291 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2292 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2293 bool ConstArg, 2294 bool VolatileArg, 2295 bool RValueThis, 2296 bool ConstThis, 2297 bool VolatileThis); 2298 2299private: 2300 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2301 2302 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2303 // 2304 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2305 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2306 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2307 2308 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2309 /// source. 2310 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2311 2312public: 2313 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2314 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2315 /// 2316 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2317 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2318 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2319 SourceLocation Loc, 2320 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2321 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2322 = NotForRedeclaration); 2323 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2324 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2325 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2326 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2327 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2328 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2329 bool EnteringContext = false); 2330 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2331 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2332 = NotForRedeclaration); 2333 2334 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2335 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2336 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2337 2338 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2339 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2340 2341 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2342 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2343 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2344 unsigned Quals); 2345 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2346 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2347 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2348 unsigned Quals); 2349 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2350 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2351 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2352 2353 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2354 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2355 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2356 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2357 2358 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2359 SourceLocation Loc, 2360 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2361 ADLResult &Functions); 2362 2363 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2364 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2365 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2366 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2367 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2368 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2369 2370 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2371 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2372 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2373 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2374 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2375 bool EnteringContext = false, 2376 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2377 2378 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2379 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2380 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2381 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2382 2383 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2384 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2385 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2386 2387 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2388 //@} 2389 2390 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2391 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2392 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2393 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2394 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2395 SourceLocation Loc); 2396 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2397 Scope *S); 2398 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2399 2400 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2401 2402 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2403 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2404 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2405 bool NonInheritable = true, 2406 bool Inheritable = true); 2407 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2408 bool NonInheritable = true, 2409 bool Inheritable = true, 2410 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2411 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2412 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2413 2414 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2415 2416 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2417 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2418 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2419 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2420 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2421 2422 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2423 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2424 SourceRange Range); 2425 2426 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2427 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2428 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2429 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2430 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2431 2432 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2433 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2434 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2435 2436 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2437 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2438 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2439 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2440 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2441 2442 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2443 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2444 2445 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2446 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2447 2448 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2449 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2450 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2451 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2452 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2453 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2454 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2455 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2456 2457 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2458 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2459 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2460 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2461 SourceLocation Loc); 2462 2463 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2464 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2465 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2466 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2467 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2468 2469 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2470 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2471 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2472 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2473 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2474 2475 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2476 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2477 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2478 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2479 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2480 2481 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2482 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2483 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2484 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2485 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2486 2487 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2488 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2489 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2490 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2491 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2492 2493 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2494 /// class extensions. 2495 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2496 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2497 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2498 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2499 Selector GetterSel, 2500 Selector SetterSel, 2501 const bool isAssign, 2502 const bool isReadWrite, 2503 const unsigned Attributes, 2504 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2505 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2506 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2507 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2508 2509 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2510 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2511 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2512 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2513 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2514 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2515 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2516 Selector GetterSel, 2517 Selector SetterSel, 2518 const bool isAssign, 2519 const bool isReadWrite, 2520 const unsigned Attributes, 2521 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2522 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2523 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2524 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2525 2526 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2527 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2528 /// setter or getter. 2529 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2530 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2531 2532 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2533 2534 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2535 2536 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2537 MMS_loose, 2538 MMS_strict 2539 }; 2540 2541 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2542 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2543 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2544 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2545 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2546 2547 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2548 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2549 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2550 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2551 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2552 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2553 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2554 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2555 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2556 bool ImmediateClass, 2557 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2558 2559 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2560 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2561 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2562 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2563 2564 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2565 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2566 2567private: 2568 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2569 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2570 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2571 2572 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2573 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2574 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2575 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2576 bool warn, bool instance); 2577 2578public: 2579 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2580 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2581 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2582 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2583 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2584 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2585 } 2586 2587 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2588 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2589 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2590 } 2591 2592 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2593 /// pool. 2594 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2595 2596 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2597 /// there are multiple signatures. 2598 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2599 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2600 bool warn=true) { 2601 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2602 warn, /*instance*/true); 2603 } 2604 2605 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2606 /// there are multiple signatures. 2607 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2608 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2609 bool warn=true) { 2610 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2611 warn, /*instance*/false); 2612 } 2613 2614 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2615 /// implementation. 2616 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2617 2618 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2619 /// initialization. 2620 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2621 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2622 2623 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2624 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2625public: 2626 class FullExprArg { 2627 public: 2628 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2629 2630 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2631 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2632 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2633 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2634 2635 ExprResult release() { 2636 return E; 2637 } 2638 2639 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2640 2641 Expr *operator->() { 2642 return E; 2643 } 2644 2645 private: 2646 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2647 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2648 friend class Sema; 2649 2650 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2651 2652 Expr *E; 2653 }; 2654 2655 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2656 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2657 } 2658 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2659 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2660 } 2661 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2662 ExprResult FE = 2663 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2664 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2665 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2666 } 2667 2668 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2669 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2670 2671 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2672 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2673 2674 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2675 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2676 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2677 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2678 bool isStmtExpr); 2679 2680 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2681 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2682 public: 2683 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2684 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2685 } 2686 2687 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2688 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2689 } 2690 2691 private: 2692 Sema &S; 2693 }; 2694 2695 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2696 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2697 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2698 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2699 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2700 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2701 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2702 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2703 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2704 2705 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2706 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2707 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2708 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2709 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2710 2711 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2712 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2713 Stmt *SubStmt); 2714 2715 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2716 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2717 Stmt *ThenVal, 2718 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2719 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2720 Expr *Cond, 2721 Decl *CondVar); 2722 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2723 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2724 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2725 FullExprArg Cond, 2726 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2727 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2728 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2729 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2730 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2731 2732 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2733 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2734 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2735 Decl *SecondVar, 2736 FullExprArg Third, 2737 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2738 Stmt *Body); 2739 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2740 Expr *collection); 2741 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2742 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2743 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2744 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2745 2746 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2747 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2748 BFRK_Build, 2749 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2750 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2751 BFRK_Rebuild, 2752 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2753 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2754 BFRK_Check 2755 }; 2756 2757 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2758 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2759 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2760 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2761 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2762 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2763 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2764 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2765 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2766 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2767 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2768 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2769 2770 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2771 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2772 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2773 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2774 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2775 Expr *DestExp); 2776 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2777 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2778 2779 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2780 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo::CapturedRegionKind Kind); 2781 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2782 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(bool IsInstantiation = false); 2783 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2784 SourceLocation Loc); 2785 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2786 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2787 2788 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2789 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2790 2791 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2792 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2793 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2794 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2795 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2796 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2797 2798 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2799 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2800 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2801 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2802 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2803 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2804 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2805 2806 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2807 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2808 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2809 bool Invalid = false); 2810 2811 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2812 2813 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2814 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2815 2816 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2817 2818 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2819 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2820 2821 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2822 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2823 Scope *CurScope); 2824 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2825 Expr *operand); 2826 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2827 Expr *SynchExpr, 2828 Stmt *SynchBody); 2829 2830 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2831 2832 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2833 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2834 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2835 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2836 2837 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2838 2839 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2840 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2841 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2842 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2843 2844 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2845 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2846 Stmt *TryBlock, 2847 Stmt *Handler); 2848 2849 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2850 Expr *FilterExpr, 2851 Stmt *Block); 2852 2853 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2854 Stmt *Block); 2855 2856 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2857 2858 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2859 2860 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2861 /// of it. 2862 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2863 2864 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2865 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2866 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2867 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2868 2869 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2870 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2871 /// 2872 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2873 /// if (condition); 2874 /// do_stuff(); 2875 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2876 const Stmt *Body, 2877 unsigned DiagID); 2878 2879 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2880 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2881 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2882 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2883 2884 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2885 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2886 } 2887 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2888 2889 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2890 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2891 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2892 } 2893 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2894 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2895 } 2896 2897 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2898 2899 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2900 SourceLocation Loc, 2901 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2902 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2903 2904 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2905 2906 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2907 StringRef message); 2908 2909 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2910 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2911 2912 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2913 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2914 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2915 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2916 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2917 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2918 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2919 SourceLocation Loc); 2920 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2921 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2922 2923 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2924 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2925 bool IsDecltype = false); 2926 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2927 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2928 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2929 bool IsDecltype = false); 2930 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2931 2932 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2933 2934 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2935 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2936 2937 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2938 2939 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2940 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2941 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2942 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2943 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2944 // named expressions. 2945 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2946 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2947 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2948 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2949 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2950 2951 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2952 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2953 2954 enum TryCaptureKind { 2955 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2956 }; 2957 2958 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2959 /// 2960 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2961 /// 2962 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2963 /// 2964 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2965 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2966 /// 2967 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2968 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2969 /// 2970 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2971 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2972 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2973 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2974 /// 2975 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2976 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2977 /// variable can be captured. 2978 /// 2979 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2980 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2981 /// captured. 2982 /// 2983 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2984 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2985 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2986 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2987 QualType &CaptureType, 2988 QualType &DeclRefType); 2989 2990 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2991 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2992 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2993 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2994 2995 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2996 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2997 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2998 2999 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3000 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3001 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3002 3003 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3004 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3005 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3006 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3007 bool ForceComplain = false, 3008 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3009 3010 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3011 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3012 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3013 3014 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3015 /// evaluation context. 3016 /// 3017 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3018 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3019 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3020 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3021 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3022 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3023 3024 // Primary Expressions. 3025 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3026 3027 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3028 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3029 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3030 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3031 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 3032 3033 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3034 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3035 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3036 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3037 3038 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3039 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3040 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3041 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 3042 3043 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3044 IdentifierInfo *II, 3045 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3046 3047 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3048 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3049 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3050 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3051 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3052 3053 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3054 ExprValueKind VK, 3055 SourceLocation Loc, 3056 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3057 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3058 ExprValueKind VK, 3059 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3060 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3061 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3062 ExprResult 3063 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3064 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3065 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3066 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3067 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3068 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3069 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3070 LookupResult &R, 3071 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3072 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3073 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3074 LookupResult &R, 3075 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3076 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3077 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3078 const LookupResult &R, 3079 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3080 3081 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3082 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3083 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3084 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3085 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3086 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3087 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3088 3089 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3090 LookupResult &R, 3091 bool NeedsADL); 3092 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3093 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3094 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3095 3096 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3097 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3098 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3099 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3100 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3101 3102 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3103 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3104 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3105 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3106 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3107 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3108 SourceLocation R, 3109 MultiExprArg Val); 3110 3111 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3112 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3113 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3114 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3115 3116 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3117 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3118 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3119 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3120 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3121 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3122 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3123 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3124 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3125 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3126 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3127 Expr **Exprs, 3128 unsigned NumAssocs); 3129 3130 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3131 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3132 Expr *InputExpr); 3133 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3134 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3135 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3136 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3137 3138 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3139 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3140 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3141 SourceRange R); 3142 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3143 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3144 ExprResult 3145 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3146 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3147 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3148 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3149 3150 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3151 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3152 3153 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3154 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3155 SourceRange ExprRange, 3156 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3157 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3158 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3159 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3160 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3161 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3162 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3163 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3164 3165 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3166 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3167 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3168 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3169 3170 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3171 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3172 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3173 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3174 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3175 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3176 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3177 3178 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3179 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3180 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3181 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3182 // defines a custom operator->). 3183 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3184 Scope *S; 3185 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3186 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3187 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3188 }; 3189 3190 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3191 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3192 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3193 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3194 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3195 LookupResult &R, 3196 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3197 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3198 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3199 3200 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3201 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3202 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3203 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3204 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3205 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3206 3207 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3208 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3209 const LookupResult &R); 3210 3211 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3212 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3213 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3214 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3215 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3216 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3217 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3218 3219 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3220 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3221 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3222 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3223 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3224 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3225 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3226 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3227 3228 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3229 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3230 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3231 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3232 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3233 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3234 bool ExecConfig = false); 3235 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3236 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3237 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3238 3239 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3240 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3241 /// locations. 3242 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3243 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3244 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3245 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3246 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3247 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3248 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3249 Expr *Config = 0, 3250 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3251 3252 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3253 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3254 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3255 3256 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3257 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3258 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3259 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3260 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3261 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3262 Expr *Op); 3263 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3264 3265 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3266 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3267 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3268 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3269 3270 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3271 3272 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3273 ParsedType Ty, 3274 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3275 Expr *InitExpr); 3276 3277 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3278 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3279 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3280 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3281 3282 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3283 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3284 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3285 3286 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3287 SourceLocation Loc, 3288 bool GNUSyntax, 3289 ExprResult Init); 3290 3291 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3292 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3293 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3294 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3295 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3296 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3297 3298 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3299 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3300 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3301 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3302 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3303 3304 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3305 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3306 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3307 3308 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3309 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3310 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3311 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3312 3313 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3314 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3315 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3316 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3317 union { 3318 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3319 Expr *E; 3320 } U; 3321 }; 3322 3323 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3324 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3325 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3326 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3327 unsigned NumComponents, 3328 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3329 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3330 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3331 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3332 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3333 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3334 unsigned NumComponents, 3335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3336 3337 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3338 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3339 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3340 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3341 3342 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3343 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3344 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3345 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3347 3348 // __null 3349 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3350 3351 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3352 3353 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3354 enum IfExistsResult { 3355 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3356 IER_Exists, 3357 3358 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3359 IER_DoesNotExist, 3360 3361 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3362 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3363 IER_Dependent, 3364 3365 /// \brief An error occurred. 3366 IER_Error 3367 }; 3368 3369 IfExistsResult 3370 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3371 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3372 3373 IfExistsResult 3374 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3375 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3376 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3377 3378 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3379 bool IsIfExists, 3380 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3381 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3382 Stmt *Nested); 3383 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3384 bool IsIfExists, 3385 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3386 Stmt *Nested); 3387 3388 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3389 3390 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3391 /// started. 3392 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3393 3394 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3395 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3396 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3397 Scope *CurScope); 3398 3399 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3400 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3401 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3402 3403 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3404 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3405 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3406 Scope *CurScope); 3407 3408 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3409 3410 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3411 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3412 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3413 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3414 3415 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3416 3417 // Act on C++ namespaces 3418 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3419 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3420 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3421 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3422 SourceLocation LBrace, 3423 AttributeList *AttrList); 3424 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3425 3426 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3427 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3428 3429 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3430 3431 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3432 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3433 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3434 3435 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3436 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3437 /// 3438 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3439 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3440 3441 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3442 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3443 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3444 3445 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3446 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3447 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3448 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3449 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3450 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3451 AttributeList *AttrList); 3452 3453 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3454 3455 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3456 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3457 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3458 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3459 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3460 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3461 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3462 3463 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3464 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3465 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3466 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3467 NamedDecl *Target); 3468 3469 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3470 bool isTypeName, 3471 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3472 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3473 const LookupResult &Previous); 3474 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3475 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3476 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3477 3478 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3479 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3480 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3481 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3482 AttributeList *AttrList, 3483 bool IsInstantiation, 3484 bool IsTypeName, 3485 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3486 3487 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3488 3489 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3490 AccessSpecifier AS, 3491 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3492 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3493 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3494 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3495 AttributeList *AttrList, 3496 bool IsTypeName, 3497 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3498 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3499 AccessSpecifier AS, 3500 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3501 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3502 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3503 AttributeList *AttrList, 3504 TypeResult Type); 3505 3506 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3507 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3508 /// 3509 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3510 ExprResult 3511 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3512 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3513 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3514 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3515 SourceRange ParenRange); 3516 3517 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3518 // the constructor can be elidable? 3519 ExprResult 3520 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3521 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3522 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3523 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3524 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3525 3526 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3527 /// the default expr if needed. 3528 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3529 FunctionDecl *FD, 3530 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3531 3532 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3533 /// constructed variable. 3534 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3535 3536 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3537 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3538 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3539 // Pointer to allow copying 3540 Sema *Self; 3541 // We order exception specifications thus: 3542 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3543 // throw() comes next. 3544 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3545 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3546 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3547 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3548 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3549 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3550 3551 void ClearExceptions() { 3552 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3553 Exceptions.clear(); 3554 } 3555 3556 public: 3557 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3558 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3559 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3560 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3561 } 3562 3563 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3564 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3565 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3566 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3567 return ComputedEST; 3568 } 3569 3570 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3571 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3572 3573 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3574 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3575 3576 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3577 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3578 3579 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3580 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3581 3582 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3583 /// computed exception specification. 3584 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3585 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3586 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3587 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3588 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3589 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3590 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3591 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3592 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3593 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3594 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3595 tok::kw_false).take(); 3596 } 3597 } 3598 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3599 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3600 getEPI(EPI); 3601 return EPI; 3602 } 3603 }; 3604 3605 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3606 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3607 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3608 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3609 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3610 3611 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3612 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3613 /// will be const. 3614 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3615 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3616 3617 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3618 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3619 /// parameter will be const. 3620 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3621 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3622 3623 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3624 /// constructor of a class will have. 3625 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3626 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3627 3628 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3629 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3630 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3631 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3632 3633 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3634 /// destructor of a class will have. 3635 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3636 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3637 3638 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3639 /// constructor of a class will have. 3640 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3641 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3642 3643 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3644 /// special member function. 3645 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3646 3647 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3648 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3649 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3650 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3651 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3652 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3653 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3654 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3655 3656 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3657 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3658 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3659 bool Diagnose = false); 3660 3661 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3662 /// 3663 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3664 /// default constructor will be added. 3665 /// 3666 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3667 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3668 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3669 3670 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3671 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3672 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3673 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3674 3675 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3676 /// 3677 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3678 /// destructor will be added. 3679 /// 3680 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3681 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3682 3683 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3684 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3685 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3686 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3687 3688 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3689 /// 3690 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3691 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3692 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3693 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3694 3695 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3696 /// 3697 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3698 /// constructors will be added. 3699 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3700 3701 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3702 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3703 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3704 3705 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3706 /// 3707 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3708 /// copy constructor will be added. 3709 /// 3710 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3711 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3712 3713 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3714 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3715 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3716 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3717 3718 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3719 /// 3720 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3721 /// move constructor will be added. 3722 /// 3723 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3724 /// declared. 3725 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3726 3727 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3728 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3729 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3730 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3731 3732 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3733 /// 3734 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3735 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3736 /// 3737 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3738 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3739 3740 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3741 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3742 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3743 3744 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3745 /// 3746 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3747 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3748 /// 3749 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3750 /// wasn't declared. 3751 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3752 3753 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3754 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3755 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3756 3757 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3758 /// class. 3759 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3760 3761 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3762 /// special member function. 3763 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3764 3765 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3766 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3767 /// 3768 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3769 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3770 3771 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3772 /// member function. 3773 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3774 3775 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3776 /// static member function. 3777 /// 3778 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3779 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3780 3781 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3782 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3783 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3784 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3785 3786 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3787 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3788 SourceLocation Loc, 3789 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3790 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3791 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3792 3793 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3794 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3795 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3796 3797 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3798 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3799 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3800 ParsedType ObjectType, 3801 bool EnteringContext); 3802 3803 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3804 3805 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3806 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3807 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3808 3809 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3810 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3811 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3812 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3813 Declarator &D, 3814 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3815 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3816 Expr *E, 3817 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3818 3819 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3820 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3821 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3822 Expr *E, 3823 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3824 SourceRange Parens); 3825 3826 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3827 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3828 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3829 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3830 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3831 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3832 Expr *Operand, 3833 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3834 3835 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3836 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3837 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3838 void *TyOrExpr, 3839 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3840 3841 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3842 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3843 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3844 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3845 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3846 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3847 Expr *Operand, 3848 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3849 3850 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3851 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3852 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3853 void *TyOrExpr, 3854 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3855 3856 3857 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3858 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3859 3860 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3861 /// 3862 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3863 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3864 3865 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3866 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3867 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3868 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3869 3870 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3871 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3872 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3873 Sema &S; 3874 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3875 bool Enabled; 3876 3877 public: 3878 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3879 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3880 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3881 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3882 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3883 bool Enabled = true); 3884 3885 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3886 }; 3887 3888 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3889 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3890 /// 3891 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3892 /// 3893 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3894 /// capture list. 3895 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3896 3897 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3898 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3899 /// being defined. 3900 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3901 3902 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3903 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3904 3905 3906 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3907 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3908 3909 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3910 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3911 3912 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3913 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3914 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3915 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3916 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3917 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3918 3919 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3920 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3921 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3922 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3923 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3924 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3925 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3926 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3927 3928 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3929 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3930 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3931 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3932 3933 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3934 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3935 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3936 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3937 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3938 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3939 Expr *Initializer); 3940 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3941 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3942 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3943 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3944 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3945 QualType AllocType, 3946 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3947 Expr *ArraySize, 3948 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3949 Expr *Initializer, 3950 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3951 3952 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3953 SourceRange R); 3954 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3955 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3956 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3957 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3958 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3959 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3960 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3961 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3962 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3963 bool Diagnose = true); 3964 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3965 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3966 QualType Argument, 3967 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3968 3969 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3970 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3971 bool Diagnose = true); 3972 3973 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3974 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3975 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3976 Expr *Operand); 3977 3978 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3979 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3980 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3981 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3982 3983 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3984 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3985 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3986 SourceLocation RParen); 3987 3988 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3989 /// pseudo-functions. 3990 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3991 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3992 ParsedType Ty, 3993 SourceLocation RParen); 3994 3995 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3996 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3997 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3998 SourceLocation RParen); 3999 4000 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4001 /// pseudo-functions. 4002 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4003 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4004 ParsedType LhsTy, 4005 ParsedType RhsTy, 4006 SourceLocation RParen); 4007 4008 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4009 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4010 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4011 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4012 SourceLocation RParen); 4013 4014 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4015 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4016 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4017 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4018 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4019 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4020 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4021 4022 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4023 /// pseudo-functions. 4024 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4025 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4026 ParsedType LhsTy, 4027 Expr *DimExpr, 4028 SourceLocation RParen); 4029 4030 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4031 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4032 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4033 Expr *DimExpr, 4034 SourceLocation RParen); 4035 4036 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4037 /// pseudo-functions. 4038 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4039 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4040 Expr *Queried, 4041 SourceLocation RParen); 4042 4043 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4044 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4045 Expr *Queried, 4046 SourceLocation RParen); 4047 4048 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4049 Expr *Base, 4050 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4051 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4052 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4053 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4054 4055 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4056 4057 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4058 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4059 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4060 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4061 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4062 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4063 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4064 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4065 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4066 4067 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4068 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4069 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4070 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4071 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4072 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4073 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4074 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4075 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4076 4077 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4078 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4079 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4080 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4081 const DeclSpec& DS, 4082 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4083 4084 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4085 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4086 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4087 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4088 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4089 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4090 4091 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4092 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4093 : SourceLocation()); 4094 } 4095 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4096 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4097 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4098 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4099 4100 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4101 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4102 4103 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4104 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4105 bool EnteringContext = false); 4106 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4107 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4108 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4109 4110 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4111 /// 4112 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4113 /// 4114 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4115 /// 4116 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4117 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4118 /// 4119 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4120 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4121 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4122 4123 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4124 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4125 4126 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4127 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4128 IdentifierInfo &II, 4129 ParsedType ObjectType); 4130 4131 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4132 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4133 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4134 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4135 QualType ObjectType, 4136 bool EnteringContext, 4137 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4138 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4139 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4140 4141 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4142 /// 4143 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4144 /// 4145 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4146 /// 4147 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4148 /// 4149 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4150 /// 4151 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4152 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4153 /// 4154 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4155 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4156 /// 4157 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4158 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4159 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4160 /// including this new type). 4161 /// 4162 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4163 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4164 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4165 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4166 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4167 ParsedType ObjectType, 4168 bool EnteringContext, 4169 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4170 4171 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4172 4173 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4174 const DeclSpec &DS, 4175 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4176 4177 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4178 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4179 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4180 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4181 ParsedType ObjectType, 4182 bool EnteringContext); 4183 4184 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4185 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4186 /// 4187 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4188 /// 4189 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4190 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4191 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4192 /// including this new type). 4193 /// 4194 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4195 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4196 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4197 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4198 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4199 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4200 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4201 /// 4202 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4203 /// nested-name-specifier. 4204 /// 4205 /// 4206 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4207 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4208 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4209 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4210 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4211 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4212 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4213 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4214 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4215 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4216 bool EnteringContext); 4217 4218 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4219 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4220 /// nested-name-specifier. 4221 /// 4222 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4223 /// 4224 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4225 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4226 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4227 4228 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4229 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4230 /// 4231 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4232 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4233 /// 4234 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4235 /// 4236 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4237 /// of the annotation pointer. 4238 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4239 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4240 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4241 4242 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4243 4244 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4245 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4246 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4247 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4248 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4249 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4250 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4251 4252 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4253 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4254 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4255 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4256 /// defining scope. 4257 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4258 4259 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4260 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4261 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4262 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4263 /// class X. 4264 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4265 4266 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4267 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4268 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4269 4270 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4271 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4272 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4273 bool KnownDependent); 4274 4275 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4276 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4277 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4278 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4279 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4280 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4281 4282 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4283 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4284 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4285 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4286 bool ExplicitParams, 4287 bool ExplicitResultType, 4288 bool Mutable); 4289 4290 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4291 /// given lambda. 4292 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4293 4294 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4295 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4296 4297 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4298 /// statements present in the body. 4299 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4300 4301 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4302 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4303 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4304 /// lambda. 4305 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4306 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4307 4308 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4309 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4310 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4311 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4312 4313 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4314 /// was successfully completed. 4315 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4316 Scope *CurScope, 4317 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4318 4319 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4320 /// function pointer. 4321 /// 4322 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4323 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4324 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4325 /// block pointer conversion. 4326 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4327 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4328 4329 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4330 /// block pointer. 4331 /// 4332 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4333 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4334 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4335 /// block pointer conversion. 4336 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4337 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4338 4339 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4340 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4341 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4342 Expr *Src); 4343 4344 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4345 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4346 Expr **Strings, 4347 unsigned NumStrings); 4348 4349 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4350 4351 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4352 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4353 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4354 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4355 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4356 bool Value); 4357 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4358 4359 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4360 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4361 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4362 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4363 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4364 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4365 4366 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4367 Expr *IndexExpr, 4368 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4369 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4370 4371 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4372 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4373 unsigned NumElements); 4374 4375 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4376 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4377 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4378 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4379 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4380 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4381 4382 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4383 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4384 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4385 ParsedType Ty, 4386 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4387 4388 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4389 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4390 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4391 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4392 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4393 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4394 4395 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4396 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4397 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4398 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4399 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4400 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4401 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4402 4403 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4404 // C++ Declarations 4405 // 4406 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4407 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4408 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4409 StringRef Lang, 4410 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4411 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4412 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4413 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4414 4415 4416 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4417 // C++ Classes 4418 // 4419 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4420 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4421 4422 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4423 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4424 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4425 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4426 4427 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4428 Declarator &D, 4429 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4430 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4431 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4432 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4433 Expr *Init); 4434 4435 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4436 Scope *S, 4437 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4438 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4439 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4440 const DeclSpec &DS, 4441 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4442 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4443 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4444 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4445 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4446 4447 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4448 Scope *S, 4449 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4450 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4451 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4452 const DeclSpec &DS, 4453 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4454 Expr *InitList, 4455 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4456 4457 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4458 Scope *S, 4459 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4460 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4461 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4462 const DeclSpec &DS, 4463 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4464 Expr *Init, 4465 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4466 4467 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4468 Expr *Init, 4469 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4470 4471 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4472 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4473 Expr *Init, 4474 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4475 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4476 4477 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4478 Expr *Init, 4479 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4480 4481 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4482 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4483 4484 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4485 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4486 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4487 4488 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4489 4490 4491 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4492 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4493 /// referenced. 4494 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4495 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4496 4497 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4498 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4499 /// first use occurred. 4500 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4501 4502 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4503 /// materialized. 4504 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4505 4506 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4507 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4508 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4509 /// by code generation). 4510 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4511 4512 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4513 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4514 4515 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4516 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4517 DynamicClassesType; 4518 4519 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4520 /// unit. 4521 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4522 4523 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4524 /// given location. 4525 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4526 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4527 4528 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4529 /// in the given class as needed. 4530 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4531 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4532 4533 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4534 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4535 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4536 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4537 4538 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4539 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4540 /// vtables. 4541 /// 4542 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4543 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4544 4545 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4546 4547 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4548 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4549 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4550 bool AnyErrors); 4551 4552 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4553 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4554 Decl *TagDecl, 4555 SourceLocation LBrac, 4556 SourceLocation RBrac, 4557 AttributeList *AttrList); 4558 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4559 4560 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4561 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4562 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4563 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4564 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4565 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4566 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4567 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4568 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4569 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4570 4571 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4572 Expr *AssertExpr, 4573 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4574 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4575 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4576 Expr *AssertExpr, 4577 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4578 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4579 bool Failed); 4580 4581 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4582 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4583 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4584 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4585 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4586 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4587 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4588 4589 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4590 StorageClass& SC); 4591 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4592 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4593 StorageClass& SC); 4594 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4595 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4596 StorageClass& SC); 4597 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4598 4599 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4600 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4601 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4602 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4603 4604 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4605 // C++ Derived Classes 4606 // 4607 4608 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4609 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4610 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4611 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4612 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4613 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4614 4615 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4616 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4617 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4618 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4619 ParsedType basetype, 4620 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4621 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4622 4623 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4624 unsigned NumBases); 4625 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4626 unsigned NumBases); 4627 4628 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4629 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4630 4631 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4632 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4633 4634 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4635 4636 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4637 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4638 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4639 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4640 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4641 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4642 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4643 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4644 DeclarationName Name, 4645 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4646 4647 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4648 4649 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4650 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4651 4652 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4653 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4654 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4655 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4656 4657 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4658 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4659 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4660 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4661 4662 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4663 4664 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4665 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4666 4667 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4668 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4669 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4670 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4671 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4672 4673 4674 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4675 // C++ Access Control 4676 // 4677 4678 enum AccessResult { 4679 AR_accessible, 4680 AR_inaccessible, 4681 AR_dependent, 4682 AR_delayed 4683 }; 4684 4685 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4686 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4687 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4688 4689 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4690 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4691 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4692 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4693 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4694 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4695 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4696 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4697 bool Diagnose = true); 4698 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4699 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4700 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4701 AccessSpecifier Access, 4702 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4703 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4704 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4705 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4706 AccessSpecifier Access, 4707 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4708 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4709 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4710 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4711 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4712 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4713 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4714 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4715 Expr *ArgExpr, 4716 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4717 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4718 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4719 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4720 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4721 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4722 unsigned DiagID, 4723 bool ForceCheck = false, 4724 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4725 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4726 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4727 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4728 AccessSpecifier access, 4729 QualType objectType); 4730 4731 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4732 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4733 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4734 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4735 4736 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4737 4738 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4739 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4740 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4741 4742 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4743 AbstractNone = -1, 4744 AbstractReturnType, 4745 AbstractParamType, 4746 AbstractVariableType, 4747 AbstractFieldType, 4748 AbstractIvarType, 4749 AbstractArrayType 4750 }; 4751 4752 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4753 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4754 template<typename T1> 4755 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4756 unsigned DiagID, 4757 const T1 &Arg1) { 4758 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4759 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4760 } 4761 4762 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4763 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4764 unsigned DiagID, 4765 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4766 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4767 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4768 } 4769 4770 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4771 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4772 unsigned DiagID, 4773 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4774 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4775 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4776 } 4777 4778 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4779 4780 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4781 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4782 4783 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4784 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4785 // 4786 4787 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4788 4789 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4790 4791 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4792 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4793 // 4794 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4795 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4796 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4797 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4798 4799 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4800 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4801 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4802 4803 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4804 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4805 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4806 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4807 ParsedType ObjectType, 4808 bool EnteringContext, 4809 TemplateTy &Template, 4810 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4811 4812 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4813 SourceLocation IILoc, 4814 Scope *S, 4815 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4816 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4817 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4818 4819 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4820 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4821 4822 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4823 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4824 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4825 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4826 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4827 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4828 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4829 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4830 4831 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4832 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4833 unsigned Depth, 4834 unsigned Position, 4835 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4836 Expr *DefaultArg); 4837 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4838 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4839 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4840 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4841 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4842 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4843 unsigned Depth, 4844 unsigned Position, 4845 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4846 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4847 4848 TemplateParameterList * 4849 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4850 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4851 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4852 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4853 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4854 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4855 4856 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4857 /// list. 4858 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4859 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4860 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4861 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4862 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4863 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4864 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4865 }; 4866 4867 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4868 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4869 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4870 TemplateParameterList * 4871 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4872 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4873 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4874 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4875 unsigned NumParamLists, 4876 bool IsFriend, 4877 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4878 bool &Invalid); 4879 4880 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4881 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4882 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4883 AttributeList *Attr, 4884 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4885 AccessSpecifier AS, 4886 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4887 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4888 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4889 4890 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4891 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4892 4893 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4894 4895 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4896 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4897 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4898 4899 TypeResult 4900 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4901 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4902 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4903 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4904 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4905 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4906 4907 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4908 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4909 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4910 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4911 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4912 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4913 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4914 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4915 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4916 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4917 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4918 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4919 4920 4921 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4922 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4923 LookupResult &R, 4924 bool RequiresADL, 4925 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4926 4927 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4928 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4929 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4930 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4931 4932 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4933 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4934 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4935 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4936 ParsedType ObjectType, 4937 bool EnteringContext, 4938 TemplateTy &Template); 4939 4940 DeclResult 4941 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4942 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4943 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4944 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4945 TemplateTy Template, 4946 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4947 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4948 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4949 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4950 AttributeList *Attr, 4951 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4952 4953 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4954 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4955 Declarator &D); 4956 4957 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4958 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4959 Declarator &D); 4960 4961 bool 4962 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4963 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4964 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4965 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4966 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4967 bool &SuppressNew); 4968 4969 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4970 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4971 LookupResult &Previous); 4972 4973 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4974 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4975 LookupResult &Previous); 4976 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4977 4978 DeclResult 4979 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4980 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4981 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4982 unsigned TagSpec, 4983 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4984 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4985 TemplateTy Template, 4986 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4987 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4988 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4989 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4990 AttributeList *Attr); 4991 4992 DeclResult 4993 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4994 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4995 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4996 unsigned TagSpec, 4997 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4998 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4999 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5000 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5001 AttributeList *Attr); 5002 5003 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5004 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5005 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5006 Declarator &D); 5007 5008 TemplateArgumentLoc 5009 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5010 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5011 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5012 Decl *Param, 5013 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5014 5015 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5016 /// argument is being checked. 5017 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5018 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5019 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5020 CTAK_Specified, 5021 5022 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5023 /// deduction. 5024 CTAK_Deduced, 5025 5026 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5027 /// via template argument deduction. 5028 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5029 }; 5030 5031 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5032 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5033 NamedDecl *Template, 5034 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5035 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5036 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5037 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5038 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5039 5040 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5041 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5042 /// 5043 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5044 /// provided. 5045 /// 5046 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5047 /// 5048 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5049 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5050 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5051 /// arguments. 5052 /// 5053 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5054 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5055 /// set of template arguments. 5056 /// 5057 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5058 /// arguments. 5059 /// 5060 /// 5061 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5062 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5063 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5064 /// 5065 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5066 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5067 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5068 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5069 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5070 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5071 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5072 5073 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5074 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5075 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5076 5077 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5078 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5079 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5080 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5081 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5082 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5083 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5084 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5085 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5086 5087 ExprResult 5088 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5089 QualType ParamType, 5090 SourceLocation Loc); 5091 ExprResult 5092 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5093 SourceLocation Loc); 5094 5095 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5096 /// for equality. 5097 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5098 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5099 /// that might be redeclarations. 5100 /// 5101 /// \code 5102 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5103 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5104 /// \endcode 5105 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5106 5107 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5108 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5109 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5110 /// 5111 /// \code 5112 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5113 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5114 /// \endcode 5115 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5116 5117 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5118 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5119 /// template parameter. 5120 /// 5121 /// \code 5122 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5123 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5124 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5125 /// \endcode 5126 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5127 }; 5128 5129 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5130 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5131 bool Complain, 5132 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5133 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5134 = SourceLocation()); 5135 5136 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5137 5138 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5139 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5140 /// 5141 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5142 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5143 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5144 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5145 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5146 TypeResult 5147 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5148 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5149 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5150 5151 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5152 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5153 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5154 /// 5155 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5156 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5157 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5158 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5159 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5160 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5161 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5162 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5163 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5164 TypeResult 5165 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5166 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5167 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5168 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5169 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5170 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5171 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5172 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5173 5174 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5175 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5176 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5177 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5178 SourceLocation IILoc); 5179 5180 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5181 SourceLocation Loc, 5182 DeclarationName Name); 5183 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5184 5185 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5186 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5187 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5188 5189 std::string 5190 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5191 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5192 5193 std::string 5194 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5195 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5196 unsigned NumArgs); 5197 5198 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5199 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5200 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5201 5202 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5203 /// being diagnosed. 5204 /// 5205 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5206 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5207 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5208 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5209 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5210 5211 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5212 UPPC_BaseType, 5213 5214 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5215 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5216 5217 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5218 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5219 5220 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5221 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5222 5223 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5224 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5225 5226 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5227 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5228 5229 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5230 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5231 5232 /// \brief A using declaration. 5233 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5234 5235 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5236 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5237 5238 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5239 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5240 5241 /// \brief An initializer. 5242 UPPC_Initializer, 5243 5244 /// \brief A default argument. 5245 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5246 5247 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5248 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5249 5250 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5251 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5252 5253 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5254 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5255 5256 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5257 UPPC_IfExists, 5258 5259 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5260 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5261 5262 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5263 UPPC_Lambda, 5264 5265 /// \brief Block expression, 5266 UPPC_Block 5267}; 5268 5269 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5270 /// 5271 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5272 /// 5273 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5274 /// parameter packs. 5275 /// 5276 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5277 /// 5278 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5279 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5280 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5281 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5282 5283 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5284 /// diagnose the error. 5285 /// 5286 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5287 /// 5288 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5289 /// packs. 5290 /// 5291 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5292 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5293 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5294 5295 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5296 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5299 /// parameter packs. 5300 /// 5301 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5302 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5303 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5304 5305 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5306 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5307 /// 5308 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5309 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5310 /// 5311 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5312 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5313 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5314 5315 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5316 /// diagnose the error. 5317 /// 5318 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5319 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5320 /// 5321 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5322 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5323 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5324 5325 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5326 /// diagnose the error. 5327 /// 5328 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5329 /// 5330 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5331 /// parameter packs. 5332 /// 5333 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5334 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5335 TemplateName Template, 5336 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5337 5338 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5339 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5340 /// 5341 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5342 /// parameter packs. 5343 /// 5344 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5345 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5346 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5347 5348 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5349 /// template argument. 5350 /// 5351 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5352 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5353 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5354 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5355 5356 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5357 /// template argument. 5358 /// 5359 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5360 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5361 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5362 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5363 5364 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5365 /// type. 5366 /// 5367 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5368 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5369 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5370 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5371 5372 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5373 /// type. 5374 /// 5375 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5376 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5377 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5378 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5379 5380 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5381 /// nested-name-specifier. 5382 /// 5383 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5384 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5385 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5386 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5387 5388 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5389 /// name. 5390 /// 5391 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5392 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5393 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5394 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5395 5396 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5397 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5398 /// 5399 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5400 /// may already be invalid. 5401 /// 5402 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5403 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5404 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5405 5406 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5407 /// creates a pack expansion. 5408 /// 5409 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5410 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5411 /// 5412 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5413 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5414 5415 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5416 /// expansion. 5417 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5418 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5419 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5420 5421 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5422 /// expansion. 5423 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5424 SourceRange PatternRange, 5425 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5426 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5427 5428 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5429 /// creates a pack expansion. 5430 /// 5431 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5432 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5433 /// 5434 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5435 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5436 5437 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5438 /// creates a pack expansion. 5439 /// 5440 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5441 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5442 /// 5443 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5444 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5445 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5446 5447 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5448 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5449 /// transforming the pattern. 5450 /// 5451 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5452 /// pack expansion. 5453 /// 5454 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5455 /// the pack expansion. 5456 /// 5457 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5458 /// pattern. 5459 /// 5460 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5461 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5462 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5463 /// 5464 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5465 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5466 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5467 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5468 /// 5469 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5470 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5471 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5472 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5473 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5474 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5475 /// set this value in other cases. 5476 /// 5477 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5478 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5479 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5480 /// must be set. 5481 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5482 SourceRange PatternRange, 5483 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5484 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5485 bool &ShouldExpand, 5486 bool &RetainExpansion, 5487 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5488 5489 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5490 /// type. 5491 /// 5492 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5493 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5494 /// 5495 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5496 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5497 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5498 5499 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5500 /// parameter packs. 5501 /// 5502 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5503 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5504 /// 5505 /// \code 5506 /// void f(T...); 5507 /// \endcode 5508 /// 5509 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5510 /// a variadic function. 5511 /// 5512 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5513 /// false otherwise. 5514 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5515 5516 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5517 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5518 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5519 5520 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5521 /// 5522 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5523 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5524 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5525 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5526 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5527 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5528 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5529 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5530 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5531 TDK_Success = 0, 5532 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5533 TDK_Invalid, 5534 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5535 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5536 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5537 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5538 /// for every template parameter. 5539 TDK_Incomplete, 5540 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5541 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5542 TDK_Inconsistent, 5543 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5544 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5545 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5546 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5547 TDK_Underqualified, 5548 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5549 /// resulted in an error. 5550 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5551 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5552 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5553 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5554 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5555 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5556 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5557 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5558 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5559 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5560 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5561 /// template arguments for the given template. 5562 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5563 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5564 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5565 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5566 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5567 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5568 }; 5569 5570 TemplateDeductionResult 5571 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5572 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5573 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5574 5575 TemplateDeductionResult 5576 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5577 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5578 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5579 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5580 QualType *FunctionType, 5581 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5582 5583 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5584 // deduction for a call. 5585 struct OriginalCallArg { 5586 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5587 unsigned ArgIdx, 5588 QualType OriginalArgType) 5589 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5590 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5591 5592 QualType OriginalParamType; 5593 unsigned ArgIdx; 5594 QualType OriginalArgType; 5595 }; 5596 5597 TemplateDeductionResult 5598 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5599 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5600 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5601 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5602 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5603 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5604 5605 TemplateDeductionResult 5606 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5607 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5608 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5609 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5610 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5611 5612 TemplateDeductionResult 5613 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5614 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5615 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5616 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5617 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5618 5619 TemplateDeductionResult 5620 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5621 QualType ToType, 5622 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5623 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5624 5625 TemplateDeductionResult 5626 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5627 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5628 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5629 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5630 5631 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5632 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5633 DAR_Succeeded, 5634 DAR_Failed, 5635 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5636 }; 5637 5638 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5639 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5640 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5641 5642 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5643 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5644 SourceLocation Loc, 5645 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5646 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5647 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5648 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5649 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5650 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5651 SourceLocation Loc, 5652 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5653 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5654 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5655 bool Complain = true, 5656 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5657 5658 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5659 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5660 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5661 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5662 SourceLocation Loc); 5663 5664 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5665 bool OnlyDeduced, 5666 unsigned Depth, 5667 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5668 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5669 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5670 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5671 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5672 } 5673 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5674 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5675 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5676 5677 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5678 // C++ Template Instantiation 5679 // 5680 5681 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5682 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5683 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5684 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5685 5686 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5687 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5688 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5689 enum InstantiationKind { 5690 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5691 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5692 TemplateInstantiation, 5693 5694 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5695 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5696 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5697 /// arguments as specified. 5698 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5699 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5700 5701 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5702 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5703 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5704 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5705 5706 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5707 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5708 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5709 5710 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5711 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5712 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5713 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5714 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5715 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5716 5717 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5718 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5719 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5720 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5721 5722 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5723 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5724 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5725 5726 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5727 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5728 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5729 } Kind; 5730 5731 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5732 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5733 5734 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5735 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5736 /// arguments. 5737 NamedDecl *Template; 5738 5739 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5740 Decl *Entity; 5741 5742 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5743 /// are not part of the entity. 5744 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5745 5746 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5747 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5748 5749 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5750 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5751 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5752 5753 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5754 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5755 /// template instantiation. 5756 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5757 5758 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5759 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5760 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5761 5762 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5763 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5764 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5765 5766 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5767 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5768 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5769 return false; 5770 5771 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5772 return false; 5773 5774 switch (X.Kind) { 5775 case TemplateInstantiation: 5776 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5777 return true; 5778 5779 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5780 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5781 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5782 return false; 5783 5784 // Fall through 5785 5786 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5787 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5788 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5789 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5790 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5791 5792 } 5793 5794 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5795 } 5796 5797 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5798 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5799 return !(X == Y); 5800 } 5801 }; 5802 5803 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5804 /// 5805 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5806 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5807 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5808 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5809 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5810 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5811 5812 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5813 /// template instantiation. 5814 /// 5815 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5816 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5817 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5818 5819 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5820 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5821 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5822 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5823 5824 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5825 /// error or warning was produced. 5826 /// 5827 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5828 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5829 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5830 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5831 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5832 5833 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5834 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5835 /// 5836 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5837 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5838 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5839 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5840 5841 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5842 /// within a \c Sema object. 5843 /// 5844 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5845 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5846 Sema &Self; 5847 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5848 5849 public: 5850 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5851 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5852 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5853 } 5854 5855 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5856 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5857 } 5858 }; 5859 5860 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5861 5862 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5863 /// 5864 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5865 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5866 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5867 5868 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5869 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5870 /// deduction. 5871 /// 5872 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5873 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5874 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5875 5876 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5877 /// instantiation. 5878 /// 5879 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5880 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5881 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5882 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5883 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5884 /// 5885 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5886 /// the stack. 5887 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5888 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5889 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5890 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5891 Decl *Entity, 5892 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5893 5894 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5895 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5896 /// of a function template. 5897 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5898 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5899 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5900 5901 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5902 /// template-id. 5903 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5904 TemplateDecl *Template, 5905 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5906 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5907 5908 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5909 /// template-id. 5910 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5911 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5912 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5913 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5914 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5915 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5916 5917 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5918 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5919 /// specialization. 5920 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5921 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5922 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5923 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5924 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5925 5926 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5927 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5928 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5929 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5930 5931 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5932 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5933 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5934 NamedDecl *Template, 5935 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5936 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5937 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5938 5939 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5940 NamedDecl *Template, 5941 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5942 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5943 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5944 5945 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5946 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5947 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5948 TemplateDecl *Template, 5949 NamedDecl *Param, 5950 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5951 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5952 5953 5954 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5955 void Clear(); 5956 5957 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5958 5959 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5960 /// recursive template instantiations. 5961 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5962 5963 private: 5964 Sema &SemaRef; 5965 bool Invalid; 5966 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5967 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5968 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5969 5970 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5971 5972 InstantiatingTemplate& 5973 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5974 }; 5975 5976 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5977 5978 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5979 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5980 /// errors. 5981 /// 5982 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5983 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5984 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5985 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5986 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5987 5988 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5989 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5990 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5991 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5992 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5993 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5994 } 5995 5996 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5997 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5998 /// deduction.` 5999 class SFINAETrap { 6000 Sema &SemaRef; 6001 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6002 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6003 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6004 6005 public: 6006 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6007 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6008 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6009 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6010 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6011 { 6012 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6013 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6014 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6015 } 6016 6017 ~SFINAETrap() { 6018 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6019 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6020 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6021 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6022 } 6023 6024 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6025 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6026 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6027 } 6028 }; 6029 6030 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6031 /// variables. 6032 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6033 6034 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6035 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6036 6037 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6038 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6039 6040 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6041 /// name lookup. 6042 /// 6043 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6044 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6045 /// string represents a keyword. 6046 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6047 6048 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6049 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6050 6051 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6052 /// 6053 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6054 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6055 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6056 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6057 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6058 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6059 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6060 6061 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6062 /// but have not yet been performed. 6063 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6064 6065 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6066 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6067 /// 6068 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6069 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6070 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6071 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6072 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6073 6074 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6075 6076 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6077 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6078 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6079 6080 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6081 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6082 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6083 6084 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6085 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6086 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6087 6088 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6089 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6090 SourceLocation Loc, 6091 DeclarationName Entity, 6092 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6093 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6094 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6095 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6096 int indexAdjustment, 6097 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6098 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6099 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6100 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6101 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6102 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6103 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6104 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6105 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6106 6107 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6108 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6109 /// 6110 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6111 /// 6112 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6113 /// 6114 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6115 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6116 /// 6117 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6118 /// 6119 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6120 /// 6121 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6122 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6123 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6124 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6125 6126 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6127 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6128 6129 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6130 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6131 6132 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6133 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6134 bool CXXDirectInit); 6135 6136 bool 6137 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6138 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6139 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6140 6141 bool 6142 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6143 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6144 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6145 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6146 bool Complain = true); 6147 6148 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6149 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6150 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6151 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6152 6153 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6154 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6155 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6156 Decl *NewDecl; 6157 6158 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6159 Decl *D) 6160 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6161 { } 6162 }; 6163 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6164 6165 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6166 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6167 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6168 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6169 6170 bool 6171 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6172 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6173 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6174 bool Complain = true); 6175 6176 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6177 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6178 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6179 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6180 6181 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6182 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6183 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6184 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6185 6186 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6187 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6188 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6189 6190 DeclarationNameInfo 6191 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6192 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6193 TemplateName 6194 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6195 SourceLocation Loc, 6196 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6197 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6198 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6199 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6200 6201 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6202 FunctionDecl *Function); 6203 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6204 FunctionDecl *Function, 6205 bool Recursive = false, 6206 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6207 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6208 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6209 VarDecl *Var, 6210 bool Recursive = false, 6211 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6212 6213 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6214 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6215 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6216 6217 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6218 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6219 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6220 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6221 6222 // Objective-C declarations. 6223 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6224 OCK_None = -1, 6225 OCK_Interface = 0, 6226 OCK_Protocol, 6227 OCK_Category, 6228 OCK_ClassExtension, 6229 OCK_Implementation, 6230 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6231 }; 6232 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6233 6234 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6235 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6236 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6237 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6238 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6239 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6240 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6241 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6242 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6243 AttributeList *AttrList); 6244 6245 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6246 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6247 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6248 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6249 6250 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6251 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6252 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6253 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6254 6255 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6256 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6257 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6258 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6259 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6260 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6261 AttributeList *AttrList); 6262 6263 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6264 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6265 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6266 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6267 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6268 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6269 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6270 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6271 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6272 6273 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6274 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6275 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6276 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6277 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6278 6279 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6280 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6281 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6282 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6283 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6284 6285 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6286 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6287 6288 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6289 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6290 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6291 unsigned NumElts); 6292 6293 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6294 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6295 unsigned NumElts, 6296 AttributeList *attrList); 6297 6298 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6299 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6300 unsigned NumProtocols, 6301 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6302 6303 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6304 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6305 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6306 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6307 SourceLocation Loc, 6308 unsigned &Attributes, 6309 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6310 6311 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6312 /// setters and getters as needed. 6313 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6314 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6315 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6316 /// in class extension. 6317 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6318 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6319 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6320 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6321 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6322 6323 6324 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6325 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6326 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6327 6328 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6329 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6330 6331 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6332 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6333 6334 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6335 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6336 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6337 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6338 6339 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6340 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6341 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6342 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6343 bool *OverridingProperty, 6344 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6345 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6346 6347 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6348 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6349 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6350 bool ImplKind, 6351 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6352 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6353 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6354 6355 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6356 OSMK_None, 6357 OSMK_Alloc, 6358 OSMK_New, 6359 OSMK_Copy, 6360 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6361 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6362 }; 6363 6364 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6365 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6366 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6367 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6368 // in this case. 6369 ParsedType Type; 6370 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6371 6372 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6373 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6374 }; 6375 6376 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6377 Scope *S, 6378 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6379 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6380 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6381 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6382 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6383 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6384 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6385 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6386 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6387 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6388 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6389 6390 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6391 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6392 bool IsInstance); 6393 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6394 bool IsInstance); 6395 6396 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6397 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6398 6399 ExprResult 6400 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6401 Expr *BaseExpr, 6402 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6403 DeclarationName MemberName, 6404 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6405 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6406 bool Super); 6407 6408 ExprResult 6409 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6410 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6411 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6412 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6413 6414 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6415 6416 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6417 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6418 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6419 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6420 ObjCSuperMessage, 6421 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6422 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6423 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6424 /// name. 6425 ObjCClassMessage 6426 }; 6427 6428 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6429 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6430 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6431 bool IsSuper, 6432 bool HasTrailingDot, 6433 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6434 6435 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6436 Selector Sel, 6437 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6438 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6439 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6440 MultiExprArg Args); 6441 6442 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6443 QualType ReceiverType, 6444 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6445 Selector Sel, 6446 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6447 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6448 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6449 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6450 MultiExprArg Args, 6451 bool isImplicit = false); 6452 6453 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6454 bool isSuperReceiver, 6455 SourceLocation Loc, 6456 Selector Sel, 6457 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6458 MultiExprArg Args); 6459 6460 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6461 ParsedType Receiver, 6462 Selector Sel, 6463 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6464 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6465 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6466 MultiExprArg Args); 6467 6468 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6469 QualType ReceiverType, 6470 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6471 Selector Sel, 6472 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6473 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6474 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6475 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6476 MultiExprArg Args, 6477 bool isImplicit = false); 6478 6479 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6480 QualType ReceiverType, 6481 SourceLocation Loc, 6482 Selector Sel, 6483 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6484 MultiExprArg Args); 6485 6486 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6487 Expr *Receiver, 6488 Selector Sel, 6489 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6490 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6491 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6492 MultiExprArg Args); 6493 6494 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6495 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6496 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6497 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6498 Expr *SubExpr); 6499 6500 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6501 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6502 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6503 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6504 ParsedType Type, 6505 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6506 Expr *SubExpr); 6507 6508 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6509 6510 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6511 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6512 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6513 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6514 6515 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6516 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6517 RTC_Compatible, 6518 RTC_Incompatible, 6519 RTC_Unknown 6520 }; 6521 6522 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6523 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6524 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6525 6526 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6527 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6528 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6529 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6530 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6531 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6532 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6533 }; 6534 6535 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6536 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6537 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6538 6539 enum PragmaPackKind { 6540 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6541 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6542 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6543 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6544 }; 6545 6546 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6547 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6548 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6549 }; 6550 6551 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6552 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6553 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6554 Expr *Alignment, 6555 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6556 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6557 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6558 6559 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6560 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6561 6562 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6563 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6564 Scope *curScope, 6565 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6566 6567 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6568 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6569 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6570 6571 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6572 SourceLocation Loc); 6573 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6574 6575 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6576 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6577 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6578 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6579 6580 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6581 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6582 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6583 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6584 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6585 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6586 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6587 6588 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6589 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6590 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6591 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6592 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6593 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6594 6595 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6596 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6597 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6598 6599 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6600 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6601 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6602 6603 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6604 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6605 6606 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6607 void FreePackedContext(); 6608 6609 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6610 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6611 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6612 SourceLocation Loc); 6613 6614 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6615 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6616 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6617 6618 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6619 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6620 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6621 6622 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6623 void FreeVisContext(); 6624 6625 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6626 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6627 /// the appropriate attribute. 6628 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6629 6630 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6631 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6632 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6633 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6634 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6635 6636 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6637 6638 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6639 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6640 SourceLocation Loc, 6641 Scope *CurScope, 6642 ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList); 6643 /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness. 6644 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6645 SourceLocation Loc, 6646 ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList); 6647 6648 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6649 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6650 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6651 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6652 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6653 CCK_CStyleCast, 6654 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6655 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6656 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6657 CCK_OtherCast 6658 }; 6659 6660 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6661 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6662 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6663 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6664 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6665 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6666 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6667 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6668 6669 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6670 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6671 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6672 6673 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6674 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6675 /// required. 6676 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6677 6678 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6679 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6680 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6681 6682 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6683 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6684 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6685 6686 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6687 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6688 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6689 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6690 6691 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6692 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6693 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6694 // type. 6695 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6696 6697 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6698 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6699 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6700 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6701 6702 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6703 enum VariadicCallType { 6704 VariadicFunction, 6705 VariadicBlock, 6706 VariadicMethod, 6707 VariadicConstructor, 6708 VariadicDoesNotApply 6709 }; 6710 6711 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6712 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6713 Expr *Fn); 6714 6715 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6716 // vararg function. 6717 enum VarArgKind { 6718 VAK_Valid, 6719 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6720 VAK_Invalid 6721 }; 6722 6723 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6724 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6725 6726 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6727 /// form of call prototypes. 6728 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6729 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6730 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6731 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6732 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6733 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6734 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6735 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6736 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6737 6738 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6739 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6740 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6741 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6742 6743 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6744 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6745 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6746 6747 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6748 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6749 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6750 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6751 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6752 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6753 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6754 6755 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6756 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6757 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6758 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6759 /// source and destination type. 6760 enum AssignConvertType { 6761 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6762 Compatible, 6763 6764 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6765 /// accept as an extension. 6766 PointerToInt, 6767 6768 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6769 /// accept as an extension. 6770 IntToPointer, 6771 6772 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6773 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6774 FunctionVoidPointer, 6775 6776 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6777 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6778 IncompatiblePointer, 6779 6780 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6781 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6782 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6783 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6784 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6785 6786 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6787 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6788 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6789 6790 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6791 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6792 /// like address spaces. 6793 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6794 6795 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6796 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6797 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6798 /// extension. 6799 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6800 6801 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6802 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6803 IncompatibleVectors, 6804 6805 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6806 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6807 IntToBlockPointer, 6808 6809 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6810 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6811 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6812 6813 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6814 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6815 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6816 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6817 6818 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6819 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6820 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6821 6822 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6823 /// represent it in the AST. 6824 Incompatible 6825 }; 6826 6827 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6828 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6829 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6830 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6831 SourceLocation Loc, 6832 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6833 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6834 bool *Complained = 0); 6835 6836 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6837 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6838 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6839 Expr *SrcExpr); 6840 6841 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6842 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6843 /// C99 6.5.16. 6844 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6845 QualType LHSType, 6846 QualType RHSType); 6847 6848 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6849 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6850 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6851 ExprResult &RHS, 6852 CastKind &Kind); 6853 6854 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6855 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6856 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6857 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6858 ExprResult &RHS, 6859 bool Diagnose = true); 6860 6861 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6862 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6863 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6864 ExprResult &RHS); 6865 6866 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6867 6868 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6869 6870 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6871 AssignmentAction Action, 6872 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6873 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6874 AssignmentAction Action, 6875 bool AllowExplicit, 6876 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6877 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6878 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6879 AssignmentAction Action, 6880 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6881 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6882 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6883 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6884 AssignmentAction Action, 6885 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6886 6887 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6888 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6889 6890 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6891 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6892 ExprResult &RHS); 6893 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6894 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6895 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6896 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6897 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6898 bool IsDivide); 6899 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6900 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6901 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6902 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6903 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6904 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6905 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6906 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6907 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6908 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6909 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6910 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6911 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6912 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6913 bool isRelational); 6914 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6915 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6916 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6917 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6918 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6919 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6920 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6921 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6922 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6923 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6924 6925 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6926 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6927 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6928 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6929 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6930 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6931 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6932 6933 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6934 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6935 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6936 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6937 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6938 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6939 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6940 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6941 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6942 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6943 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6944 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6945 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6946 NonStandardCompositeType); 6947 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6948 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6949 return Composite; 6950 } 6951 6952 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6953 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6954 6955 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6956 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6957 6958 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6959 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6960 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6961 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6962 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6963 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6964 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6965 SourceLocation Loc); 6966 6967 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6968 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6969 6970 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6971 6972 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6973 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6974 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6975 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6976 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6977 /// reference binding is not possible. 6978 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6979 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6980 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6981 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6982 Ref_Related, 6983 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6984 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6985 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6986 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6987 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6988 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6989 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6990 Ref_Compatible 6991 }; 6992 6993 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6994 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6995 bool &DerivedToBase, 6996 bool &ObjCConversion, 6997 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6998 6999 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7000 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7001 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7002 7003 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7004 /// given type. 7005 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7006 7007 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7008 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7009 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7010 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7011 7012 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7013 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7014 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7015 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7016 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7017 CastKind &Kind); 7018 7019 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7020 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7021 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7022 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7023 // returns the cast expr 7024 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7025 CastKind &Kind); 7026 7027 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7028 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7029 Expr *CastExpr, 7030 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7031 7032 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7033 7034 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7035 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7036 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7037 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7038 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7039 7040 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7041 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7042 7043 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7044 QualType ExprType); 7045 7046 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7047 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7048 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7049 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7050 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7051 7052 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7053 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7054 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7055 7056 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7057 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7058 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7059 7060 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7061 /// \param Method - May be null. 7062 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7063 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7064 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7065 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7066 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7067 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7068 bool isSuperMessage, 7069 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7070 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7071 7072 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7073 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7074 /// and the form of the message send. 7075 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7076 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7077 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7078 7079 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7080 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7081 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7082 7083 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7084 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7085 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7086 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7087 7088 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7089 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7090 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7091 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7092 /// 7093 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7094 /// 'if' keyword. 7095 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7096 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7097 7098 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7099 Expr *SubExpr); 7100 7101 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7102 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7103 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7104 7105 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7106 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7107 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7108 7109 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7110 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7111 7112 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7113 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7114 /// the specified diagnostic. 7115 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7116 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7117 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7118 7119 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7120 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7121 /// in the global scope. 7122 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7123 7124 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7125 /// expression violations. 7126 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7127 public: 7128 bool Suppress; 7129 7130 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7131 7132 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7133 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7134 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7135 }; 7136 7137 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7138 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7139 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7140 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7141 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7142 bool AllowFold = true); 7143 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7144 unsigned DiagID, 7145 bool AllowFold = true); 7146 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7147 7148 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7149 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7150 /// Returns false on success. 7151 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7152 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7153 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7154 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7155 7156 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7157 CFT_Device, 7158 CFT_Global, 7159 CFT_Host, 7160 CFT_HostDevice 7161 }; 7162 7163 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7164 7165 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7166 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7167 7168 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7169 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7170 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7171 } 7172 7173 /// \name Code completion 7174 //@{ 7175 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7176 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7177 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7178 PCC_Namespace, 7179 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7180 PCC_Class, 7181 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7182 /// or category. 7183 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7184 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7185 /// category implementation 7186 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7187 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7188 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7189 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7190 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7191 /// headers. 7192 PCC_Template, 7193 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7194 /// headers within a class. 7195 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7196 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7197 PCC_Expression, 7198 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7199 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7200 PCC_Statement, 7201 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7202 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7203 PCC_ForInit, 7204 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7205 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7206 PCC_Condition, 7207 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7208 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7209 /// in the grammar. 7210 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7211 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7212 PCC_Type, 7213 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7214 /// might also be a type cast. 7215 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7216 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7217 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7218 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7219 }; 7220 7221 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7222 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7223 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7224 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7225 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7226 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7227 7228 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7229 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7230 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7231 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7232 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7233 bool IsArrow); 7234 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7235 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7236 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7237 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7238 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7239 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7240 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7241 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7242 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7243 7244 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7245 bool EnteringContext); 7246 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7247 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7248 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7249 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7250 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7251 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7252 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7253 unsigned NumInitializers); 7254 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7255 bool AfterAmpersand); 7256 7257 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7258 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7259 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7260 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7261 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7262 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7263 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7264 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7265 bool IsParameter); 7266 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7267 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7268 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7269 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7270 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7271 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7272 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7273 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7274 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7275 bool IsSuper = false); 7276 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7277 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7278 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7279 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7280 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7281 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7282 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7283 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7284 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7285 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7286 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7287 unsigned NumProtocols); 7288 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7289 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7290 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7291 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7292 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7293 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7294 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7295 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7296 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7297 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7298 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7299 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7300 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7301 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7302 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7303 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7304 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7305 ParsedType ReturnType); 7306 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7307 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7308 bool AtParameterName, 7309 ParsedType ReturnType, 7310 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7311 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7312 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7313 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7314 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7315 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7316 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7317 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7318 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7319 unsigned Argument); 7320 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7321 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7322 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7323 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7324 //@} 7325 7326 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7327 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7328 7329public: 7330 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7331 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7332 7333private: 7334 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7335 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7336 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7337 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7338 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7339 // FunctionDeclaration. 7340 struct FormatStringInfo { 7341 unsigned FormatIdx; 7342 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7343 bool HasVAListArg; 7344 }; 7345 7346 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7347 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7348 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7349 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7350 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7351 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7352 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7353 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7354 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7355 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7356 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7357 SourceLocation Loc); 7358 7359 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7360 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7361 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7362 VariadicCallType CallType); 7363 7364 7365 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7366 7367 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7368 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7369 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7370 7371 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7372 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7373 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7374 7375public: 7376 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7377 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7378 7379private: 7380 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7381 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7382 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7383 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7384 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7385 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7386 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7387 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7388 7389 enum FormatStringType { 7390 FST_Scanf, 7391 FST_Printf, 7392 FST_NSString, 7393 FST_Strftime, 7394 FST_Strfmon, 7395 FST_Kprintf, 7396 FST_Unknown 7397 }; 7398 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7399 7400 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7401 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7402 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7403 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7404 }; 7405 7406 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7407 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7408 bool HasVAListArg, 7409 unsigned format_idx, 7410 unsigned firstDataArg, 7411 FormatStringType Type, 7412 VariadicCallType CallType, 7413 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7414 7415 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7416 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7417 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7418 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7419 VariadicCallType CallType); 7420 7421 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7422 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7423 bool IsCXXMember, 7424 VariadicCallType CallType, 7425 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7426 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7427 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7428 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7429 VariadicCallType CallType, 7430 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7431 7432 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7433 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7434 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7435 7436 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7437 unsigned BId, 7438 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7439 7440 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7441 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7442 7443 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7444 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7445 7446 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7447 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7448 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7449 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7450 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7451 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7452 7453 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7454 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7455 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7456 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7457 7458 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7459 Expr *Init); 7460 7461public: 7462 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7463 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7464 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7465 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7466 7467 struct TypeTagData { 7468 TypeTagData() {} 7469 7470 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7471 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7472 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7473 {} 7474 7475 QualType Type; 7476 7477 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7478 /// layout-compatibility. 7479 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7480 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7481 }; 7482 7483 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7484 /// identifies the magic value. 7485 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7486 7487private: 7488 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7489 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7490 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7491 7492 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7493 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7494 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7495 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7496 7497 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7498 /// 7499 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7500 Scope *CurScope; 7501 7502 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7503 7504protected: 7505 friend class Parser; 7506 friend class InitializationSequence; 7507 friend class ASTReader; 7508 friend class ASTWriter; 7509 7510public: 7511 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7512 /// 7513 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7514 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7515 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7516 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7517 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7518 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7519 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7520 7521 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7522 7523 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7524 7525 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7526 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7527 } 7528 7529 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7530 7531 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7532 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7533 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7534 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7535 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7536 return DC; 7537 } 7538}; 7539 7540/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7541class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7542 Sema &Actions; 7543 7544public: 7545 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7546 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7547 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7548 bool IsDecltype = false) 7549 : Actions(Actions) { 7550 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7551 IsDecltype); 7552 } 7553 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7554 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7555 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7556 bool IsDecltype = false) 7557 : Actions(Actions) { 7558 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7559 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7560 IsDecltype); 7561 } 7562 7563 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7564 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7565 } 7566}; 7567 7568} // end namespace clang 7569 7570#endif 7571